2018-10-09 11:12:06 +00:00
|
|
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2016 CNEX Labs
|
|
|
|
|
* Initial: Javier Gonzalez <javier@cnexlabs.com>
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
|
|
|
|
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
|
|
|
|
|
* 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
|
|
|
|
* WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
|
|
|
|
* General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* pblk-recovery.c - pblk's recovery path
|
2018-12-11 19:16:19 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* The L2P recovery path is single threaded as the L2P table is updated in order
|
|
|
|
|
* following the line sequence ID.
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "pblk.h"
|
2018-10-09 11:11:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "pblk-trace.h"
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-05 13:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
int pblk_recov_check_emeta(struct pblk *pblk, struct line_emeta *emeta_buf)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
u32 crc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
crc = pblk_calc_emeta_crc(pblk, emeta_buf);
|
|
|
|
|
if (le32_to_cpu(emeta_buf->crc) != crc)
|
2018-01-05 13:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (le32_to_cpu(emeta_buf->header.identifier) != PBLK_MAGIC)
|
2018-01-05 13:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-05 13:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_emeta *emeta = line->emeta;
|
|
|
|
|
struct line_emeta *emeta_buf = emeta->buf;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
__le64 *lba_list;
|
2017-10-13 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
u64 data_start, data_end;
|
|
|
|
|
u64 nr_valid_lbas, nr_lbas = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
u64 i;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-05 13:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
lba_list = emeta_to_lbas(pblk, emeta_buf);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!lba_list)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
data_start = pblk_line_smeta_start(pblk, line) + lm->smeta_sec;
|
2017-10-13 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
data_end = line->emeta_ssec;
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
nr_valid_lbas = le64_to_cpu(emeta_buf->nr_valid_lbas);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 12:46:35 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = data_start; i < data_end; i++) {
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr ppa;
|
|
|
|
|
int pos;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-05 13:16:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, i, line->id);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do not update bad blocks */
|
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (le64_to_cpu(lba_list[i]) == ADDR_EMPTY) {
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
if (test_and_set_bit(i, line->invalid_bitmap))
|
2017-04-15 18:55:52 +00:00
|
|
|
WARN_ONCE(1, "pblk: rec. double invalidate:\n");
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
le32_add_cpu(line->vsc, -1);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_update_map(pblk, le64_to_cpu(lba_list[i]), ppa);
|
|
|
|
|
nr_lbas++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (nr_valid_lbas != nr_lbas)
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "line %d - inconsistent lba list(%llu/%llu)\n",
|
2017-10-13 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
line->id, nr_valid_lbas, nr_lbas);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
line->left_msecs = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
static void pblk_update_line_wp(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
|
|
|
|
|
u64 written_secs)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2019-05-04 18:38:01 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < written_secs; i += pblk->min_write_pgs)
|
2019-05-04 18:38:01 +00:00
|
|
|
__pblk_alloc_page(pblk, line, pblk->min_write_pgs);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
if (written_secs > line->left_msecs) {
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* We have all data sectors written
|
|
|
|
|
* and some emeta sectors written too.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
line->left_msecs = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have only some data sectors written. */
|
|
|
|
|
line->left_msecs -= written_secs;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static u64 pblk_sec_in_open_line(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
|
|
|
|
int nr_bb = bitmap_weight(line->blk_bitmap, lm->blk_per_line);
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
u64 written_secs = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int valid_chunks = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < lm->blk_per_line; i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_chk_meta *chunk = &line->chks[i];
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (chunk->state & NVM_CHK_ST_OFFLINE)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
written_secs += chunk->wp;
|
|
|
|
|
valid_chunks++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (lm->blk_per_line - nr_bb != valid_chunks)
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "recovery line %d is bad\n", line->id);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_update_line_wp(pblk, line, written_secs - lm->smeta_sec);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return written_secs;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_recov_alloc {
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
void *meta_list;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
|
|
|
|
|
void *data;
|
|
|
|
|
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list;
|
|
|
|
|
dma_addr_t dma_meta_list;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
static void pblk_recov_complete(struct kref *ref)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_pad_rq *pad_rq = container_of(ref, struct pblk_pad_rq, ref);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
complete(&pad_rq->wait);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void pblk_end_io_recov(struct nvm_rq *rqd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-10-09 11:11:46 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list = nvm_rq_to_ppa_list(rqd);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_pad_rq *pad_rq = rqd->private;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk *pblk = pad_rq->pblk;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_up_chunk(pblk, ppa_list[0]);
|
2017-07-07 19:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 12:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_free_rqd(pblk, rqd, PBLK_WRITE_INT);
|
2017-07-07 19:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
atomic_dec(&pblk->inflight_io);
|
|
|
|
|
kref_put(&pad_rq->ref, pblk_recov_complete);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/* pad line using line bitmap. */
|
|
|
|
|
static int pblk_recov_pad_line(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
|
|
|
|
|
int left_ppas)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
void *meta_list;
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_pad_rq *pad_rq;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
|
|
|
|
|
struct bio *bio;
|
2019-05-04 18:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
void *data;
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
__le64 *lba_list = emeta_to_lbas(pblk, line->emeta->buf);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
u64 w_ptr = line->cur_sec;
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
int left_line_ppas, rq_ppas, rq_len;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
|
|
|
int ret = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_lock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
left_line_ppas = line->left_msecs;
|
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pad_rq = kmalloc(sizeof(struct pblk_pad_rq), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!pad_rq)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
treewide: Use array_size() in vzalloc()
The vzalloc() function has no 2-factor argument form, so multiplication
factors need to be wrapped in array_size(). This patch replaces cases of:
vzalloc(a * b)
with:
vzalloc(array_size(a, b))
as well as handling cases of:
vzalloc(a * b * c)
with:
vzalloc(array3_size(a, b, c))
This does, however, attempt to ignore constant size factors like:
vzalloc(4 * 1024)
though any constants defined via macros get caught up in the conversion.
Any factors with a sizeof() of "unsigned char", "char", and "u8" were
dropped, since they're redundant.
The Coccinelle script used for this was:
// Fix redundant parens around sizeof().
@@
type TYPE;
expression THING, E;
@@
(
vzalloc(
- (sizeof(TYPE)) * E
+ sizeof(TYPE) * E
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- (sizeof(THING)) * E
+ sizeof(THING) * E
, ...)
)
// Drop single-byte sizes and redundant parens.
@@
expression COUNT;
typedef u8;
typedef __u8;
@@
(
vzalloc(
- sizeof(u8) * (COUNT)
+ COUNT
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(__u8) * (COUNT)
+ COUNT
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(char) * (COUNT)
+ COUNT
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(unsigned char) * (COUNT)
+ COUNT
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(u8) * COUNT
+ COUNT
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(__u8) * COUNT
+ COUNT
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(char) * COUNT
+ COUNT
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(unsigned char) * COUNT
+ COUNT
, ...)
)
// 2-factor product with sizeof(type/expression) and identifier or constant.
@@
type TYPE;
expression THING;
identifier COUNT_ID;
constant COUNT_CONST;
@@
(
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT_ID)
+ array_size(COUNT_ID, sizeof(TYPE))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT_ID
+ array_size(COUNT_ID, sizeof(TYPE))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT_CONST)
+ array_size(COUNT_CONST, sizeof(TYPE))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT_CONST
+ array_size(COUNT_CONST, sizeof(TYPE))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING) * (COUNT_ID)
+ array_size(COUNT_ID, sizeof(THING))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING) * COUNT_ID
+ array_size(COUNT_ID, sizeof(THING))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING) * (COUNT_CONST)
+ array_size(COUNT_CONST, sizeof(THING))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING) * COUNT_CONST
+ array_size(COUNT_CONST, sizeof(THING))
, ...)
)
// 2-factor product, only identifiers.
@@
identifier SIZE, COUNT;
@@
vzalloc(
- SIZE * COUNT
+ array_size(COUNT, SIZE)
, ...)
// 3-factor product with 1 sizeof(type) or sizeof(expression), with
// redundant parens removed.
@@
expression THING;
identifier STRIDE, COUNT;
type TYPE;
@@
(
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT) * (STRIDE)
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT) * STRIDE
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT * (STRIDE)
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT * STRIDE
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING) * (COUNT) * (STRIDE)
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING) * (COUNT) * STRIDE
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING) * COUNT * (STRIDE)
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING) * COUNT * STRIDE
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING))
, ...)
)
// 3-factor product with 2 sizeof(variable), with redundant parens removed.
@@
expression THING1, THING2;
identifier COUNT;
type TYPE1, TYPE2;
@@
(
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(TYPE2) * COUNT
+ array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(TYPE2))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT)
+ array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(TYPE2))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING1) * sizeof(THING2) * COUNT
+ array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(THING1), sizeof(THING2))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(THING1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT)
+ array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(THING1), sizeof(THING2))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * COUNT
+ array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(THING2))
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT)
+ array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(THING2))
, ...)
)
// 3-factor product, only identifiers, with redundant parens removed.
@@
identifier STRIDE, SIZE, COUNT;
@@
(
vzalloc(
- (COUNT) * STRIDE * SIZE
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE)
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- COUNT * (STRIDE) * SIZE
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE)
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- COUNT * STRIDE * (SIZE)
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE)
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- (COUNT) * (STRIDE) * SIZE
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE)
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- COUNT * (STRIDE) * (SIZE)
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE)
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- (COUNT) * STRIDE * (SIZE)
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE)
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- (COUNT) * (STRIDE) * (SIZE)
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE)
, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- COUNT * STRIDE * SIZE
+ array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE)
, ...)
)
// Any remaining multi-factor products, first at least 3-factor products
// when they're not all constants...
@@
expression E1, E2, E3;
constant C1, C2, C3;
@@
(
vzalloc(C1 * C2 * C3, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- E1 * E2 * E3
+ array3_size(E1, E2, E3)
, ...)
)
// And then all remaining 2 factors products when they're not all constants.
@@
expression E1, E2;
constant C1, C2;
@@
(
vzalloc(C1 * C2, ...)
|
vzalloc(
- E1 * E2
+ array_size(E1, E2)
, ...)
)
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
2018-06-12 21:27:37 +00:00
|
|
|
data = vzalloc(array_size(pblk->max_write_pgs, geo->csecs));
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!data) {
|
|
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
goto free_rq;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pad_rq->pblk = pblk;
|
|
|
|
|
init_completion(&pad_rq->wait);
|
|
|
|
|
kref_init(&pad_rq->ref);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next_pad_rq:
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
rq_ppas = pblk_calc_secs(pblk, left_ppas, 0, false);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rq_ppas < pblk->min_write_pgs) {
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "corrupted pad line %d\n", line->id);
|
2019-05-04 18:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
goto fail_complete;
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 22:05:10 +00:00
|
|
|
rq_len = rq_ppas * geo->csecs;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 19:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
bio = pblk_bio_map_addr(pblk, data, rq_ppas, rq_len,
|
|
|
|
|
PBLK_VMALLOC_META, GFP_KERNEL);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(bio)) {
|
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(bio);
|
2019-05-04 18:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
goto fail_complete;
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bio->bi_iter.bi_sector = 0; /* internal bio */
|
|
|
|
|
bio_set_op_attrs(bio, REQ_OP_WRITE, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 12:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
rqd = pblk_alloc_rqd(pblk, PBLK_WRITE_INT);
|
2017-10-13 12:46:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = pblk_alloc_rqd_meta(pblk, rqd);
|
2019-05-04 18:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_free_rqd(pblk, rqd, PBLK_WRITE_INT);
|
|
|
|
|
bio_put(bio);
|
|
|
|
|
goto fail_complete;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2018-10-09 11:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rqd->bio = bio;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->opcode = NVM_OP_PWRITE;
|
2018-10-09 11:11:32 +00:00
|
|
|
rqd->is_seq = 1;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rqd->nr_ppas = rq_ppas;
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
rqd->end_io = pblk_end_io_recov;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->private = pad_rq;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-04 18:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa_list = nvm_rq_to_ppa_list(rqd);
|
2018-10-09 11:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
meta_list = rqd->meta_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; ) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr ppa;
|
|
|
|
|
int pos;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
w_ptr = pblk_alloc_page(pblk, line, pblk->min_write_pgs);
|
2018-01-05 13:16:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap)) {
|
|
|
|
|
w_ptr += pblk->min_write_pgs;
|
2018-01-05 13:16:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < pblk->min_write_pgs; j++, i++, w_ptr++) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr dev_ppa;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_sec_meta *meta;
|
2017-06-30 15:56:34 +00:00
|
|
|
__le64 addr_empty = cpu_to_le64(ADDR_EMPTY);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dev_ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_map_invalidate(pblk, dev_ppa);
|
2018-12-11 19:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
lba_list[w_ptr] = addr_empty;
|
|
|
|
|
meta = pblk_get_meta(pblk, meta_list, i);
|
|
|
|
|
meta->lba = addr_empty;
|
2019-05-04 18:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa_list[i] = dev_ppa;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
kref_get(&pad_rq->ref);
|
2019-05-04 18:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_down_chunk(pblk, ppa_list[0]);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = pblk_submit_io(pblk, rqd);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "I/O submission failed: %d\n", ret);
|
2019-05-04 18:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_up_chunk(pblk, ppa_list[0]);
|
2019-05-04 18:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
kref_put(&pad_rq->ref, pblk_recov_complete);
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_free_rqd(pblk, rqd, PBLK_WRITE_INT);
|
|
|
|
|
bio_put(bio);
|
|
|
|
|
goto fail_complete;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
left_line_ppas -= rq_ppas;
|
|
|
|
|
left_ppas -= rq_ppas;
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (left_ppas && left_line_ppas)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
goto next_pad_rq;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-04 18:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
fail_complete:
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
kref_put(&pad_rq->ref, pblk_recov_complete);
|
2019-05-04 18:38:04 +00:00
|
|
|
wait_for_completion(&pad_rq->wait);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 19:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!pblk_line_is_full(line))
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "corrupted padded line: %d\n", line->id);
|
2017-07-07 19:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vfree(data);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
free_rq:
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(pad_rq);
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
static int pblk_pad_distance(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
|
|
|
|
|
int distance = geo->mw_cunits * geo->all_luns * geo->ws_opt;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (distance > line->left_msecs) ? line->left_msecs : distance;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-02-11 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Return a chunk belonging to a line by stripe(write order) index */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct nvm_chk_meta *pblk_get_stripe_chunk(struct pblk *pblk,
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line *line,
|
|
|
|
|
int index)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_lun *rlun;
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr ppa;
|
2019-02-11 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
int pos;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-02-11 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
rlun = &pblk->luns[index];
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa = rlun->bppa;
|
|
|
|
|
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
|
2017-06-26 09:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-02-11 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
return &line->chks[pos];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-02-11 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
static int pblk_line_wps_are_unbalanced(struct pblk *pblk,
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line *line)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
|
|
|
|
int blk_in_line = lm->blk_per_line;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_chk_meta *chunk;
|
|
|
|
|
u64 max_wp, min_wp;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-02-11 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
i = find_first_zero_bit(line->blk_bitmap, blk_in_line);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there is one or zero good chunks in the line,
|
|
|
|
|
* the write pointers can't be unbalanced.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (i >= (blk_in_line - 1))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
chunk = pblk_get_stripe_chunk(pblk, line, i);
|
|
|
|
|
max_wp = chunk->wp;
|
|
|
|
|
if (max_wp > pblk->max_write_pgs)
|
|
|
|
|
min_wp = max_wp - pblk->max_write_pgs;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
min_wp = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = find_next_zero_bit(line->blk_bitmap, blk_in_line, i + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
while (i < blk_in_line) {
|
|
|
|
|
chunk = pblk_get_stripe_chunk(pblk, line, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (chunk->wp > max_wp || chunk->wp < min_wp)
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
2019-02-11 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = find_next_zero_bit(line->blk_bitmap, blk_in_line, i + 1);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int pblk_recov_scan_oob(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_recov_alloc p)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:07 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
void *meta_list;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
|
|
|
|
|
struct bio *bio;
|
|
|
|
|
void *data;
|
|
|
|
|
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list, dma_meta_list;
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
__le64 *lba_list;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:07 +00:00
|
|
|
u64 paddr = pblk_line_smeta_start(pblk, line) + lm->smeta_sec;
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bool padded = false;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
int rq_ppas, rq_len;
|
|
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:07 +00:00
|
|
|
u64 left_ppas = pblk_sec_in_open_line(pblk, line) - lm->smeta_sec;
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-02-11 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pblk_line_wps_are_unbalanced(pblk, line))
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_warn(pblk, "recovering unbalanced line (%d)\n", line->id);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ppa_list = p.ppa_list;
|
|
|
|
|
meta_list = p.meta_list;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd = p.rqd;
|
|
|
|
|
data = p.data;
|
|
|
|
|
dma_ppa_list = p.dma_ppa_list;
|
|
|
|
|
dma_meta_list = p.dma_meta_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
lba_list = emeta_to_lbas(pblk, line->emeta->buf);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next_rq:
|
2017-06-26 22:27:13 +00:00
|
|
|
memset(rqd, 0, pblk_g_rq_size);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
rq_ppas = pblk_calc_secs(pblk, left_ppas, 0, false);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!rq_ppas)
|
|
|
|
|
rq_ppas = pblk->min_write_pgs;
|
2018-03-29 22:05:10 +00:00
|
|
|
rq_len = rq_ppas * geo->csecs;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
retry_rq:
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
bio = bio_map_kern(dev->q, data, rq_len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(bio))
|
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(bio);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bio->bi_iter.bi_sector = 0; /* internal bio */
|
|
|
|
|
bio_set_op_attrs(bio, REQ_OP_READ, 0);
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bio_get(bio);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->bio = bio;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->opcode = NVM_OP_PREAD;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->meta_list = meta_list;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->nr_ppas = rq_ppas;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->ppa_list = ppa_list;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->dma_ppa_list = dma_ppa_list;
|
|
|
|
|
rqd->dma_meta_list = dma_meta_list;
|
2019-05-04 18:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa_list = nvm_rq_to_ppa_list(rqd);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-06-26 09:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pblk_io_aligned(pblk, rq_ppas))
|
2018-10-09 11:11:32 +00:00
|
|
|
rqd->is_seq = 1;
|
2017-06-26 09:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; ) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr ppa;
|
|
|
|
|
int pos;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, paddr, line->id);
|
2018-01-05 13:16:06 +00:00
|
|
|
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap)) {
|
|
|
|
|
paddr += pblk->min_write_pgs;
|
|
|
|
|
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, paddr, line->id);
|
2018-01-05 13:16:06 +00:00
|
|
|
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < pblk->min_write_pgs; j++, i++)
|
2019-05-04 18:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa_list[i] =
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, paddr + j, line->id);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 12:46:47 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = pblk_submit_io_sync(pblk, rqd);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "I/O submission failed: %d\n", ret);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
bio_put(bio);
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-26 09:57:29 +00:00
|
|
|
atomic_dec(&pblk->inflight_io);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/* If a read fails, do a best effort by padding the line and retrying */
|
2019-05-04 18:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rqd->error && rqd->error != NVM_RSP_WARN_HIGHECC) {
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
int pad_distance, ret;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (padded) {
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_log_read_err(pblk, rqd);
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bio_put(bio);
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
return -EINTR;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
pad_distance = pblk_pad_distance(pblk, line);
|
|
|
|
|
ret = pblk_recov_pad_line(pblk, line, pad_distance);
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
|
|
|
|
bio_put(bio);
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
return ret;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
padded = true;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bio_put(bio);
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
goto retry_rq;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-11 19:16:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_get_packed_meta(pblk, rqd);
|
|
|
|
|
bio_put(bio);
|
|
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; i++) {
|
2018-12-11 19:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_sec_meta *meta = pblk_get_meta(pblk, meta_list, i);
|
|
|
|
|
u64 lba = le64_to_cpu(meta->lba);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
lba_list[paddr++] = cpu_to_le64(lba);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-04 18:37:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (lba == ADDR_EMPTY || lba >= pblk->capacity)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
line->nr_valid_lbas++;
|
2019-05-04 18:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_update_map(pblk, lba, ppa_list[i]);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
left_ppas -= rq_ppas;
|
|
|
|
|
if (left_ppas > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto next_rq;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NVM_PBLK_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
WARN_ON(padded && !pblk_line_is_full(line));
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Scan line for lbas on out of bound area */
|
|
|
|
|
static int pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
|
2018-12-11 19:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
void *meta_list;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_recov_alloc p;
|
|
|
|
|
void *data;
|
|
|
|
|
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list, dma_meta_list;
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
int ret = 0;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
meta_list = nvm_dev_dma_alloc(dev->parent, GFP_KERNEL, &dma_meta_list);
|
2017-10-13 12:46:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!meta_list)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-11 19:16:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa_list = (void *)(meta_list) + pblk_dma_meta_size(pblk);
|
|
|
|
|
dma_ppa_list = dma_meta_list + pblk_dma_meta_size(pblk);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 22:05:10 +00:00
|
|
|
data = kcalloc(pblk->max_write_pgs, geo->csecs, GFP_KERNEL);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!data) {
|
|
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
goto free_meta_list;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
rqd = mempool_alloc(&pblk->r_rq_pool, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
memset(rqd, 0, pblk_g_rq_size);
|
2017-10-13 12:46:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
p.ppa_list = ppa_list;
|
|
|
|
|
p.meta_list = meta_list;
|
|
|
|
|
p.rqd = rqd;
|
|
|
|
|
p.data = data;
|
|
|
|
|
p.dma_ppa_list = dma_ppa_list;
|
|
|
|
|
p.dma_meta_list = dma_meta_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = pblk_recov_scan_oob(pblk, line, p);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "could not recover L2P form OOB\n");
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pblk_line_is_full(line))
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_line_recov_close(pblk, line);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
mempool_free(rqd, &pblk->r_rq_pool);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
free_meta_list:
|
|
|
|
|
nvm_dev_dma_free(dev->parent, meta_list, dma_meta_list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert lines ordered by sequence number (seq_num) on list */
|
|
|
|
|
static void pblk_recov_line_add_ordered(struct list_head *head,
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line *line)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line *t = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(t, head, list)
|
|
|
|
|
if (t->seq_nr > line->seq_nr)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
__list_add(&line->list, t->list.prev, &t->list);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
static u64 pblk_line_emeta_start(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
|
2017-10-13 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int emeta_secs;
|
|
|
|
|
u64 emeta_start;
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr ppa;
|
|
|
|
|
int pos;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emeta_secs = lm->emeta_sec[0];
|
|
|
|
|
emeta_start = lm->sec_per_line;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (emeta_secs) {
|
|
|
|
|
emeta_start--;
|
2018-01-05 13:16:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, emeta_start, line->id);
|
2017-10-13 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap))
|
|
|
|
|
emeta_secs--;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return emeta_start;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 22:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
static int pblk_recov_check_line_version(struct pblk *pblk,
|
|
|
|
|
struct line_emeta *emeta)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct line_header *header = &emeta->header;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (header->version_major != EMETA_VERSION_MAJOR) {
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "line major version mismatch: %d, expected: %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
header->version_major, EMETA_VERSION_MAJOR);
|
2018-03-29 22:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-13 08:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NVM_PBLK_DEBUG
|
2018-03-29 22:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (header->version_minor > EMETA_VERSION_MINOR)
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_info(pblk, "newer line minor version found: %d\n",
|
2018-07-13 08:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
header->version_minor);
|
2018-03-29 22:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 22:04:52 +00:00
|
|
|
static void pblk_recov_wa_counters(struct pblk *pblk,
|
|
|
|
|
struct line_emeta *emeta)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
|
|
|
|
struct line_header *header = &emeta->header;
|
|
|
|
|
struct wa_counters *wa = emeta_to_wa(lm, emeta);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* WA counters were introduced in emeta version 0.2 */
|
|
|
|
|
if (header->version_major > 0 || header->version_minor >= 2) {
|
|
|
|
|
u64 user = le64_to_cpu(wa->user);
|
|
|
|
|
u64 pad = le64_to_cpu(wa->pad);
|
|
|
|
|
u64 gc = le64_to_cpu(wa->gc);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
atomic64_set(&pblk->user_wa, user);
|
|
|
|
|
atomic64_set(&pblk->pad_wa, pad);
|
|
|
|
|
atomic64_set(&pblk->gc_wa, gc);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pblk->user_rst_wa = user;
|
|
|
|
|
pblk->pad_rst_wa = pad;
|
|
|
|
|
pblk->gc_rst_wa = gc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 22:05:22 +00:00
|
|
|
static int pblk_line_was_written(struct pblk_line *line,
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk *pblk)
|
2018-03-29 22:05:22 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-01 14:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nvm_chk_meta *chunk;
|
|
|
|
|
struct ppa_addr bppa;
|
|
|
|
|
int smeta_blk;
|
2018-03-29 22:05:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-01 14:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (line->state == PBLK_LINESTATE_BAD)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2018-03-29 22:05:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-01 14:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
smeta_blk = find_first_zero_bit(line->blk_bitmap, lm->blk_per_line);
|
|
|
|
|
if (smeta_blk >= lm->blk_per_line)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bppa = pblk->luns[smeta_blk].bppa;
|
|
|
|
|
chunk = &line->chks[pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, bppa)];
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-04 18:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (chunk->state & NVM_CHK_ST_CLOSED ||
|
|
|
|
|
(chunk->state & NVM_CHK_ST_OPEN
|
|
|
|
|
&& chunk->wp >= lm->smeta_sec))
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
2018-06-01 14:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-04 18:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2018-03-29 22:05:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
static bool pblk_line_is_open(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < lm->blk_per_line; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (line->chks[i].state & NVM_CHK_ST_OPEN)
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_line *pblk_recov_l2p(struct pblk *pblk)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line *line, *tline, *data_line = NULL;
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
struct pblk_smeta *smeta;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_emeta *emeta;
|
|
|
|
|
struct line_smeta *smeta_buf;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
int found_lines = 0, recovered_lines = 0, open_lines = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int is_next = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int meta_line;
|
|
|
|
|
int i, valid_uuid = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
LIST_HEAD(recov_list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* TODO: Implement FTL snapshot */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Scan recovery - takes place when FTL snapshot fails */
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
meta_line = find_first_zero_bit(&l_mg->meta_bitmap, PBLK_DATA_LINES);
|
|
|
|
|
set_bit(meta_line, &l_mg->meta_bitmap);
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
smeta = l_mg->sline_meta[meta_line];
|
|
|
|
|
emeta = l_mg->eline_meta[meta_line];
|
2017-06-30 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
smeta_buf = (struct line_smeta *)smeta;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Order data lines using their sequence number */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < l_mg->nr_lines; i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
u32 crc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
line = &pblk->lines[i];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memset(smeta, 0, lm->smeta_len);
|
|
|
|
|
line->smeta = smeta;
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
line->lun_bitmap = ((void *)(smeta_buf)) +
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
sizeof(struct line_smeta);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-01 14:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!pblk_line_was_written(line, pblk))
|
2018-03-29 22:05:22 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Lines that cannot be read are assumed as not written here */
|
2018-10-09 11:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pblk_line_smeta_read(pblk, line))
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
crc = pblk_calc_smeta_crc(pblk, smeta_buf);
|
|
|
|
|
if (le32_to_cpu(smeta_buf->crc) != crc)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (le32_to_cpu(smeta_buf->header.identifier) != PBLK_MAGIC)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 22:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (smeta_buf->header.version_major != SMETA_VERSION_MAJOR) {
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "found incompatible line version %u\n",
|
2018-03-29 22:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
smeta_buf->header.version_major);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The first valid instance uuid is used for initialization */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!valid_uuid) {
|
2019-02-11 12:25:05 +00:00
|
|
|
guid_copy(&pblk->instance_uuid,
|
|
|
|
|
(guid_t *)&smeta_buf->header.uuid);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
valid_uuid = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-02-11 12:25:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!guid_equal(&pblk->instance_uuid,
|
|
|
|
|
(guid_t *)&smeta_buf->header.uuid)) {
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_debug(pblk, "ignore line %u due to uuid mismatch\n",
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
i);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update line metadata */
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&line->lock);
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
line->id = le32_to_cpu(smeta_buf->header.id);
|
|
|
|
|
line->type = le16_to_cpu(smeta_buf->header.type);
|
|
|
|
|
line->seq_nr = le64_to_cpu(smeta_buf->seq_nr);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update general metadata */
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
if (line->seq_nr >= l_mg->d_seq_nr)
|
|
|
|
|
l_mg->d_seq_nr = line->seq_nr + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
l_mg->nr_free_lines--;
|
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pblk_line_recov_alloc(pblk, line))
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_recov_line_add_ordered(&recov_list, line);
|
|
|
|
|
found_lines++;
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_debug(pblk, "recovering data line %d, seq:%llu\n",
|
2017-06-26 09:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
line->id, smeta_buf->seq_nr);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!found_lines) {
|
2019-02-11 12:25:05 +00:00
|
|
|
guid_gen(&pblk->instance_uuid);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
WARN_ON_ONCE(!test_and_clear_bit(meta_line,
|
|
|
|
|
&l_mg->meta_bitmap));
|
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Verify closed blocks and recover this portion of L2P table*/
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry_safe(line, tline, &recov_list, list) {
|
|
|
|
|
recovered_lines++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
line->emeta_ssec = pblk_line_emeta_start(pblk, line);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
line->emeta = emeta;
|
|
|
|
|
memset(line->emeta->buf, 0, lm->emeta_len[0]);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pblk_line_is_open(pblk, line)) {
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(pblk, line);
|
|
|
|
|
goto next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pblk_line_emeta_read(pblk, line, line->emeta->buf)) {
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(pblk, line);
|
|
|
|
|
goto next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-05 13:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pblk_recov_check_emeta(pblk, line->emeta->buf)) {
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(pblk, line);
|
|
|
|
|
goto next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 22:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pblk_recov_check_line_version(pblk, line->emeta->buf))
|
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 22:04:52 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_recov_wa_counters(pblk, line->emeta->buf);
|
|
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta(pblk, line))
|
|
|
|
|
pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(pblk, line);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next:
|
|
|
|
|
if (pblk_line_is_full(line)) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *move_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
line->state = PBLK_LINESTATE_CLOSED;
|
2018-10-09 11:11:53 +00:00
|
|
|
trace_pblk_line_state(pblk_disk_name(pblk), line->id,
|
|
|
|
|
line->state);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
move_list = pblk_line_gc_list(pblk, line);
|
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&l_mg->gc_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
list_move_tail(&line->list, move_list);
|
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&l_mg->gc_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:11:47 +00:00
|
|
|
mempool_free(line->map_bitmap, l_mg->bitmap_pool);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
line->map_bitmap = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
line->smeta = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
line->emeta = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_lock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
line->state = PBLK_LINESTATE_OPEN;
|
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
line->emeta->mem = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
atomic_set(&line->emeta->sync, 0);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:11:53 +00:00
|
|
|
trace_pblk_line_state(pblk_disk_name(pblk), line->id,
|
|
|
|
|
line->state);
|
|
|
|
|
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
data_line = line;
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
line->meta_line = meta_line;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
open_lines++;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!open_lines) {
|
lightnvm: pblk: fix two sleep-in-atomic-context bugs
The driver may sleep with holding a spinlock.
The function call paths (from bottom to top) in Linux-4.16 are:
[FUNC] nvm_dev_dma_alloc(GFP_KERNEL)
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 754:
nvm_dev_dma_alloc in pblk_line_submit_smeta_io
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1048:
pblk_line_submit_smeta_io in pblk_line_init_bb
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1434:
pblk_line_init_bb in pblk_line_replace_data
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 980:
pblk_line_replace_data in pblk_recov_l2p
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 976:
spin_lock in pblk_recov_l2p
[FUNC] bio_map_kern(GFP_KERNEL)
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 762:
bio_map_kern in pblk_line_submit_smeta_io
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1048:
pblk_line_submit_smeta_io in pblk_line_init_bb
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1434:
pblk_line_init_bb in pblk_line_replace_data
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 980:
pblk_line_replace_data in pblk_recov_l2p
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 976:
spin_lock in pblk_recov_l2p
To fix these bugs, the call to pblk_line_replace_data()
is moved out of the spinlock protection.
These bugs are found by my static analysis tool DSAC.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 11:12:00 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
WARN_ON_ONCE(!test_and_clear_bit(meta_line,
|
|
|
|
|
&l_mg->meta_bitmap));
|
lightnvm: pblk: fix two sleep-in-atomic-context bugs
The driver may sleep with holding a spinlock.
The function call paths (from bottom to top) in Linux-4.16 are:
[FUNC] nvm_dev_dma_alloc(GFP_KERNEL)
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 754:
nvm_dev_dma_alloc in pblk_line_submit_smeta_io
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1048:
pblk_line_submit_smeta_io in pblk_line_init_bb
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1434:
pblk_line_init_bb in pblk_line_replace_data
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 980:
pblk_line_replace_data in pblk_recov_l2p
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 976:
spin_lock in pblk_recov_l2p
[FUNC] bio_map_kern(GFP_KERNEL)
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 762:
bio_map_kern in pblk_line_submit_smeta_io
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1048:
pblk_line_submit_smeta_io in pblk_line_init_bb
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1434:
pblk_line_init_bb in pblk_line_replace_data
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 980:
pblk_line_replace_data in pblk_recov_l2p
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 976:
spin_lock in pblk_recov_l2p
To fix these bugs, the call to pblk_line_replace_data()
is moved out of the spinlock protection.
These bugs are found by my static analysis tool DSAC.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 11:12:00 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
lightnvm: pblk: fix two sleep-in-atomic-context bugs
The driver may sleep with holding a spinlock.
The function call paths (from bottom to top) in Linux-4.16 are:
[FUNC] nvm_dev_dma_alloc(GFP_KERNEL)
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 754:
nvm_dev_dma_alloc in pblk_line_submit_smeta_io
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1048:
pblk_line_submit_smeta_io in pblk_line_init_bb
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1434:
pblk_line_init_bb in pblk_line_replace_data
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 980:
pblk_line_replace_data in pblk_recov_l2p
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 976:
spin_lock in pblk_recov_l2p
[FUNC] bio_map_kern(GFP_KERNEL)
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 762:
bio_map_kern in pblk_line_submit_smeta_io
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1048:
pblk_line_submit_smeta_io in pblk_line_init_bb
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1434:
pblk_line_init_bb in pblk_line_replace_data
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 980:
pblk_line_replace_data in pblk_recov_l2p
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 976:
spin_lock in pblk_recov_l2p
To fix these bugs, the call to pblk_line_replace_data()
is moved out of the spinlock protection.
These bugs are found by my static analysis tool DSAC.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 11:12:00 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
2019-05-04 18:37:57 +00:00
|
|
|
l_mg->data_line = data_line;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Allocate next line for preparation */
|
|
|
|
|
l_mg->data_next = pblk_line_get(pblk);
|
|
|
|
|
if (l_mg->data_next) {
|
|
|
|
|
l_mg->data_next->seq_nr = l_mg->d_seq_nr++;
|
|
|
|
|
l_mg->data_next->type = PBLK_LINETYPE_DATA;
|
|
|
|
|
is_next = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
lightnvm: pblk: fix two sleep-in-atomic-context bugs
The driver may sleep with holding a spinlock.
The function call paths (from bottom to top) in Linux-4.16 are:
[FUNC] nvm_dev_dma_alloc(GFP_KERNEL)
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 754:
nvm_dev_dma_alloc in pblk_line_submit_smeta_io
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1048:
pblk_line_submit_smeta_io in pblk_line_init_bb
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1434:
pblk_line_init_bb in pblk_line_replace_data
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 980:
pblk_line_replace_data in pblk_recov_l2p
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 976:
spin_lock in pblk_recov_l2p
[FUNC] bio_map_kern(GFP_KERNEL)
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 762:
bio_map_kern in pblk_line_submit_smeta_io
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1048:
pblk_line_submit_smeta_io in pblk_line_init_bb
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-core.c, 1434:
pblk_line_init_bb in pblk_line_replace_data
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 980:
pblk_line_replace_data in pblk_recov_l2p
drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c, 976:
spin_lock in pblk_recov_l2p
To fix these bugs, the call to pblk_line_replace_data()
is moved out of the spinlock protection.
These bugs are found by my static analysis tool DSAC.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 11:12:00 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-05 13:16:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (is_next)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_line_erase(pblk, l_mg->data_next);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
|
if (found_lines != recovered_lines)
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "failed to recover all found lines %d/%d\n",
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
found_lines, recovered_lines);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return data_line;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2017-06-26 09:57:29 +00:00
|
|
|
* Pad current line
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-06-26 09:57:29 +00:00
|
|
|
int pblk_recov_pad(struct pblk *pblk)
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line *line;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
|
2017-06-26 09:57:29 +00:00
|
|
|
int left_msecs;
|
|
|
|
|
int ret = 0;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
line = l_mg->data_line;
|
2017-06-26 09:57:29 +00:00
|
|
|
left_msecs = line->left_msecs;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 11:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = pblk_recov_pad_line(pblk, line, left_msecs);
|
2017-06-26 09:57:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
2018-07-13 08:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_err(pblk, "tear down padding failed (%d)\n", ret);
|
2017-06-30 15:56:40 +00:00
|
|
|
return ret;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-26 09:57:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pblk_line_close_meta(pblk, line);
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target
This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for
Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation
layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be
managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their
specific workloads.
An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a
collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but
writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block
requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be
applied.
To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to
physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage
collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit
user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os.
The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a
4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in
the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a
line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a
scan to recover the L2P table.
The user data is organized into lines. A line is data
striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to
reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user
data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding
in the future.
pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated
multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a
portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and
capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case.
Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows
user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface
is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block
device name exposed.
This work also contains contributions from:
Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com>
Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com>
Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu>
Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 18:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
